From e1e154412d5e00b8cef4892182301cdd8aa025b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Black Date: Thu, 2 Apr 2026 09:14:09 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 1/4] LT-22413: add alternative Bantu features to catalog Change-Id: Ice49a5472fd9a44e0ce19930bc1b823c31f93dbb --- .../MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml | 7099 +++++++++++++++++ .../FeatureCatalog/CreateFeatureCatalog.xsl | 697 +- .../FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.css | 2 +- .../FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.dtd | 11 +- .../FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.xxe | 6 +- .../FeatureCatalog/resources/minus-box.png | Bin 0 -> 292 bytes .../FeatureCatalog/resources/plus-box.png | Bin 0 -> 314 bytes 7 files changed, 7491 insertions(+), 324 deletions(-) create mode 100644 DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/minus-box.png create mode 100644 DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/plus-box.png diff --git a/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml b/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml index 1a0ce69138..4a853a1758 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml +++ b/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml @@ -528,6 +528,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + caseagr @@ -1420,6 +2135,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + caseagr @@ -2455,6 +3885,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + caseagr @@ -3397,6 +5542,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + caseagr @@ -4690,6 +7550,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -6056,6 +9631,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -6659,6 +10949,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -7262,6 +12267,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -7865,6 +13585,721 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + + + + + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuSG + unknown Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + unknown Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + + + + + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + + + + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + unknown Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -9463,6 +15898,670 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> + + BantuSG + Bantu Singular + The BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-7; + Murphy 1997:221-237; + Contini-Morava 1997:599-628. + Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240 + + 1 + NC 1 + Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 1a + NC 1a + Noun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. + + + + + + + + 3 + NC 3 + Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 5 + NC 5 + Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. + + + + + + + + 7 + NC 7 + Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 9 + NC 9 + Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + ? + unknown Bantu Singular + + + + + + + + + BantuPl + Bantu Plural + The BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-7; + Murphy 1997:221-237; + Contini-Morava 1997:599-628. + Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240 + + 2 + NC 2 + Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 4 + NC 4 + Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + ? + unknown Bantu Plural + + + + + + + + + BantuMany + Bantu Many + The BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-7; + Murphy 1997:221-237; + Contini-Morava 1997:599-628. + Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240 + + 6 + NC 6 + Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 6a + NC 6a + Noun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. + + + + + + + + 8 + NC 8 + Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 10 + NC 10 + Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 11 + NC 11 + Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 12 + NC 12 + Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 13 + NC 13 + Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 14 + NC 14 + Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 15 + NC 15 + Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 16 + NC 16 + Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 17 + NC 17 + Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 18 + NC 18 + Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + 19 + NC 19 + Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + NA + NC NA + The class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.) + Katamba 2003:114ff; + Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, + Gardner 2005:54. + + + + + + + + ? + unknown Bantu Many + + + + + + + diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/CreateFeatureCatalog.xsl b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/CreateFeatureCatalog.xsl index 136979830c..81bae7b7a1 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/CreateFeatureCatalog.xsl +++ b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/CreateFeatureCatalog.xsl @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - - - - - - - + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + - - - - - - - - - - - - ? - - - - vUnknown - - - - value - - - - - - unknown - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - complex - - - - - - - - - - - - - ( - - ) - - - - - - - - - - - - + + ( + + ) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - Infl - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FS + + + + + FS + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - vUnknown - - FS + + + + + vUnknown + + FS + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + proxy + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + proxy - - + + + vUnknown - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - proxy - - - vUnknown - - - - - unknown - - - - - - - vUnknown - - - - - - - - + + vUnknown + + + + + + + + +--> diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.css b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.css index e2f42f824c..0ac84d3074 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.css +++ b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.css @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ @property-group itemBefore( mybackground-color ) { - content:collapser(collapsed-icon, icon(plus-box), expanded-icon, icon(minus-box)) + content:collapser(collapsed-icon, icon(url(resources/plus-box.png)), expanded-icon, icon(url(resources/minus-box.png))) " " text-field(attribute, id, background-color, mybackground-color) /* diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.dtd b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.dtd index 9623d4cc1e..a44e80be72 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.dtd +++ b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.dtd @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Modifed by A. Black 08 Nov 2002 Revised 12 Sep 2005 Revised for XMLmind 17 Apr 2006 --> - + + + + + + + diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.xxe b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.xxe index 7d2fd8b973..961042fd02 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.xxe +++ b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/FeatureCatalog.xxe @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ Trying to do this is too complicated and doesn't do everything we'd want - - + + - + diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/minus-box.png b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/minus-box.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..637208bfa3203dc77ece069f70bf16d3de6e2e8e GIT binary patch literal 292 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@Ak4uAB#T}@sR2@q#X;^)4C~IxyaaMs(j9#r85lP9 zbN@+X1@buyJR*x382FBWFymBhK53vJQzgoGdbM^qR$s3|mj=wRsS>EZDS xF!M~9kln=2a-z9~!RKzq3r9xD%>G732J=ILf~`lVcmVY?c)I$ztaD0e0swvoO#J`= literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/plus-box.png b/DistFiles/Templates/XMLMindAddons/FeatureCatalog/resources/plus-box.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..167953a0266ee1d6d949b3aa7678c8e4be87720e GIT binary patch literal 314 zcmeAS@N?(olHy`uVBq!ia0vp@Ak4uAB#T}@sR2@q#X;^)4C~IxyaaMs(j9#r85lP9 zbN@+X1@buyJR*x382FBWFymBhK53vJQzgoGdbM^qR$s3|mj=wRsS>EZDS zFk@rze8gm7`jGj{Wfp#pnz{zY8CG)^vQIjqYIlN}X}Ma?zedIa2ZtF)nAq4DdKZcd UZjB951e(g=>FVdQ&MBb@0Cn3_@c;k- literal 0 HcmV?d00001 From 534abfdc909bc5af4478011535ef7125ba70f129 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Black Date: Mon, 13 Apr 2026 09:01:33 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 2/4] LT-22413: Update etic gloss list file Change-Id: If0876fc937c5266df3213d713dcbb596a0f7d9ca --- .../MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml | 60 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-) diff --git a/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml b/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml index 4a853a1758..40d181476f 100644 --- a/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml +++ b/DistFiles/Language Explorer/MGA/GlossLists/EticGlossList.xml @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -4579,7 +4579,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -5778,7 +5778,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -6021,7 +6021,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -6236,7 +6236,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -7786,7 +7786,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -8029,7 +8029,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -8244,7 +8244,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -9867,7 +9867,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -10110,7 +10110,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -10325,7 +10325,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -11185,7 +11185,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -11428,7 +11428,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -11643,7 +11643,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -12503,7 +12503,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -12746,7 +12746,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -12961,7 +12961,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -13821,7 +13821,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -14064,7 +14064,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -14279,7 +14279,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> - + @@ -16122,7 +16122,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> Gardner 2005:54. - + @@ -16348,7 +16348,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> Gardner 2005:54. - + @@ -16548,7 +16548,7 @@ or using a tool called AddGuids, and re-insert this comment. --> Gardner 2005:54. - + From fe3f282820cec16642bdfbd26a5ba893727268da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Black Date: Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:15:44 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 3/4] LT-22413: Update Feature Catalog Change-Id: I32cb4485f06e1ad386aaee563bf9e34b9e475389 --- .../MGA/GlossLists/FeatureCatalog.xml | 10372 +++++++++++----- 1 file changed, 7002 insertions(+), 3370 deletions(-) diff --git a/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/GlossLists/FeatureCatalog.xml b/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/GlossLists/FeatureCatalog.xml index 0c57ad7984..1c5e0d3aa7 100644 --- a/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/GlossLists/FeatureCatalog.xml +++ b/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/GlossLists/FeatureCatalog.xml @@ -1,3371 +1,7003 @@ - - - - - - - - en - adjective-related - adj.r - Morphosyntactic features that are generally associated with adjectives and adjective phrases. - - - - - - - en - degree - deg - - - - - - - - en - positive - pos - - - - - - - - - en - comparative - cmpr - - - - - - - - - en - superlative - supr - - - - - - - - - - en - Adjective agreement - adjAgr - Features common to agreement on adjectives. - - - - - - - en - adjective agreement - adjagr - This contains the set of features used in adjective agreement. - - - - - - - - - - en - article-related - art.r - Morphosyntactic features that are generally associated with articles or determiners. - - - - - - - en - Article agreement - artAgr - Features common to agreement on articles. - - - - - - - en - article agreement - artagr - This contains the set of features used in article agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - subtype - artsubtype - - - - - - - - en - demonstrative - demdet - A demonstrative article or determiner is a demonstrative that appears with a head noun in a noun phrase. For example, the word that in the sentence I like that book. - - - - - - - - - - en - pronoun-related - prn.r - - - - - - - - en - Pronoun agreement - prnAgr - Features common to agreement on pronouns. - - - - - - - en - pronoun agreement - prnagr - This contains the set of features used in pronoun agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - subtype - prnsubtype - - - - - - - - en - possessive - poss - - - - - - - - - en - demonstrative - dem - A demonstrative pronoun is a demonstrative that stands alone in a noun phrase. For example, the word that in the sentence I like that. - - - - - - - - en - reflexive - refl - - - - - - - - - en - reciprocal - recp - - - - - - - - - - - en - noun-related - n.r - Morphosyntactic features that are generally associated with nouns and noun phrases. - - - - - - - en - Noun agreement - nAgr - Features common to agreement on nouns. - - - - - - - en - noun agreement - nagr - This contains the set of features used in noun agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - definiteness - def - Definiteness is a category concerned with the grammaticalization of identifiability and nonidentifiability of referents on the part of a speaker or addressee. - - - - - - - en - definite identifiability - defid - Definite identifiability is a kind of definiteness which indicates that an expression's referent(s) is in some way identifiable to both speaker and addressee.The referent is identifiable because of a shared knowledge or situation, including a previous mention of the referent. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:53 - Anderson, Stephen 1985:179 - Lyons 1968:276 - Mish et al. 1990:334 - Hawkins 1978:202 - - - - - - - - en - generic term - genterm - A generic term is a noun or noun phrase that refers to (1) a whole class, or (2) any member of a class as a representative of its class. - - Crystal 1985:136 - Mish et al. 1990:510 - Hawkins 1978:214-215 - - - - - - - - en - indefiniteness - indf - Indefiniteness is a kind of definiteness indicating that the referent(s) of an expression are not presumed to be identifiable. The referent is not identifiable because of a lack of shared knowledge or situation, including no previous mention of the referent. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:98 - Crystal 1980:263 - Lyons 1968:276 - Mish et al. 1990:612 - Hawkins 1978:202 - - - - - - - - en - nonspecificity - nspec - Nonspecificity is a kind of definiteness, expressed by an interpretation of or grammatical marking on a noun or noun phrase, indicating that the speaker presumably does not know the identity of the referent(s). - - Anderson, Stephen 1985:179 - Hawkins 1978:203-204 - - - - - - - - en - specificity - spec - Specificity is a kind of definiteness, expressed by the interpretation of or grammatical marking on a noun or noun phrase, indicating that the speaker presumably knows the identity of the referent(s). - - Anderson, Stephen 1985:179 - Hawkins 1978:203-204 - - - - - - - - - en - semantic role - semrole - A semantic role is the underlying relationship that a participant has with the main verb in a clause. - - - - - - - en - accompaniment - accmp - Accompaniment is the semantic role of a thing that participates in close association with an agent, causer, or affected in an event. - - - - - - - - en - agent - ag - Agent is the semantic role of a person or thing who is the doer of an event. - - - - - - - - en - beneficiary - ben - A beneficiary is the semantic role of a referent which is advantaged or disadvantaged by an event. - - - - - - - - en - causer - causer - Causer is the semantic role of the referent which instigates an event rather than actually doing it. - - - - - - - - en - counter-agent - counterag - A counteragent is the semantic role of a force or resistance against which an action is carried out. - - - - - - - - en - dative - dat - Dative is the semantic role of a referent that is conscious of being affected by the state or action identified by the verb.Also known as: Recipient - - - - - - - - en - experiencer - exp - Experiencer is the semantic role of an entity (or referent) which the effect of an action. - - - - - - - - en - factitive - fact - Factitive is the semantic role of an referent that results from the action or state identified by a verb. - - - - - - - - en - goal - goal - Goal is the semantic role of - - - - - - - - en - instrument - inst - Instrument is the semantic role of an inanimate thing that an agent uses to implement an event. It is the stimulus or immediate physical cause of an event. - - - - - - - - en - locative - loc - Locative is a semantic role which identifies the location or spatial orientation of a state or action. A locative semantic role does not imply motion to, from, or across the location. - - - - - - - - en - manner - man - Manner is a semantic role that notes how the action, experience, or process of an event is carried out. - - - - - - - - en - measure - meas - Measure is a semantic role which notes the quantification of an event. - - - - - - - - en - path - path - Path is the semantic role describing the locale(s) transversed in motion or propulsion predications. - - - - - - - - en - patient - pat - Patient is a semantic role that is usually the surface object of the verb in a sentence. - - - - - - - - en - range - range - Range is the semantic role of the entity that completes, is a product of, or further specifies an event. - - - - - - - - en - result - res - A result is a semantic role that refers to that which is produced by an event. This role is usually encoded as the surface object of a sentence. - - - - - - - - en - source - src - Source is the semantic role of the following referents: - - - - - - - - en - time - tim - Time is the semantic role of the temporal placement of an event. - - - - - - - - - en - Possessor agreement - possAgr - Features common to agreement on possessors. - - - - - - - en - possessor agreement - possagr - This contains the set of features used in possessor agreement. - - - - - - - - - - en - verb-related - v.r - Morphosyntactic features that are generally associated with verbs and verb phrases. - - - - - - - en - aspect - asp - Aspect is a grammatical category associated with verbs that expresses a temporal view of the event or state expressed by the verb. - - Lyons 1977b:705 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:213 - Talmy 1985:77 - Elson and Pickett 1988:26-27 - Comrie 1976a:3 - Quirk, et al. 1985:188 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:20 - Crystal 1987:415 - Mish et al. 1990:108 - - - - - - - en - aorist aspect - aor - - - - - - - - - en - atelic aspect - atelic - A term used in the grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event where the activity has no clear terminal point. They contrast with telic verbs. - - Crystal 1997:33 - - - - - - - - en - attenuative aspect - atten - A term sometimes used in grammar and semantics, referring to a reduced quality or quantity of the state or activity expressed by the verb ('a little', 'less'). In some languages (e.g., Hungarian) the contrast is a formal part of the aspect system. - - Crystal 1997:33 - - - - - - - - en - cessative aspect - cess - Cessative aspect is aspect that expresses the cessation of an event or state. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:37 - Nida 1949:168 - Elson and Pickett 1988:28 - Anderson, Judi Lynn 1989:12 - - - - - - - - en - completive aspect - compl - - - - - - - - - en - continuous aspect - cont - Continuous aspect is an imperfective aspect that expresses an ongoing, but not habitual, occurrence of the state or event expressed by the verb. - - Comrie 1976a:12,26 - Dahl 1985:94 - Bills, Vallejo, and Troike 1969:21 - - - - - - - - en - distributive aspect - distr - Distributive aspect is an iterative aspect which expresses that an event is applied to members of a group one after another. These members are typically the referents named by (1) the subject of an intransitive verb, or (2) the object of a transitive verb. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:59 - Comrie 1985a:344 - - - - - - - - en - durative aspect - dur - Used in grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event involving a period of time (cf. 'continuous', 'progressive'); it contrasts with 'non-durative' or 'punctual'. - - Crystal 1997:128 - - - - - - - - en - frequentative aspect - freq - Used in the grammatical classification of verbs to refer to the expression of repeated action. In some languages (e.g. Russian) the class may be marked morphologically, but in English the meaning is normally expressed through adverbials of frequency, e.g. again, regularly, often. - - Crystal 1997:159 - - - - - - - - en - habitual aspect - hab - Habitual aspect is an imperfective aspect that expresses the occurrence of an event or state as characteristic of a period of time. - - Comrie 1976a:27-28 - Dahl 1985:97 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:21 - Crystal 1987:422 - - - - - - - - en - imperfective aspect - ipfv - Imperfective aspect is an aspect that expresses an event or state, with respect to its internal structure, instead of expressing it as a simple whole. - - Ducrot and Todorov 1979:307 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:97 - Comrie 1976a:24-25,41-42 - Crystal 1985:153 - Mish et al. 1990:604 - - - - - - - - en - inceptive aspect - incep - Used to refer to a type of aspectual relationship in which the beginning of an action is specified. Same as 'inchoative'. - - Crystal 1997:192 - - - - - - - - en - inchoative aspect - inchoa - Inchoative aspect is an aspect that expresses the beginning of an event or state. - - Crystal 1980:34,181 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:98 - Nida 1949:168 - Bybee 1985:147-148 - Mish et al. 1990:608-609 - - - - - - - - en - iterative aspect - iter - Iterative aspect is an aspect that expresses the repetition of an event or state. - - Comrie 1985a:343 - Mish et al. 1990:643 - Crystal 1985:167 - - - - - - - - en - perfective aspect - pfv - Perfective aspect is an aspect that expresses a temporal view of an event or state as a simple whole, apart from the consideration of the internal structure of the time in which it occurs. - - Comrie 1976a:12,18-19 - Ducrot and Todorov 1979:307 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:164 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:20 - Bybee 1985:142 - Elson and Pickett 1988:28 - Crystal 1985:224 - Mish et al. 1990:872 - - - - - - - - en - progressive aspect - prog - Progressive aspect is a continuous aspect that expresses processes, not states. - - Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:231 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:215 - Comrie 1976a:12,33-36 - Crystal 1987:428 - Mish et al. 1990:940 - - - - - - - - en - punctual aspect - punc - Used in analysis of aspect to refer to a momentary event, thought of as having no temporal duration; it thus contrasts with durative or continuous events, where a period of time is involved. - - - - - - - - en - resultative aspect - res - A term used in grammatical analysis of aspect, to express consequence or effect. - - Crystal 1997:332 - - - - - - - - en - stative - stv - - - Crystal 1997:361-2 - - - - - - - - en - telic aspect - telic - A term used in grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event where the activity has a clear terminal point. These verbs contrast with atelic verbs. - - Crystal 1997:348 - - - - - - - - - en - mood and modality - mood - Mood is one of a set of distinctive forms that are used to signal modality. Modality is a facet of illocutionary force, signaled by grammatical devices (that is, moods), that expresses (1) the illocutionary point or general intent of a speaker, or (2) a speaker's degree of commitment to the expressed proposition's believability, obligatoriness, desirability, or reality. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:241 - Givón 1984:272 - Palmer 1986:14-15,26 - Bybee 1985:169 - Quirk, et al. 1985:219 - Crystal 1985:198 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:142,144 - Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:183 - Mish et al. 1990:762,770 - - - - - - - en - alethic modality - aleth - Alethic modality is modality that connotes the speaker's estimation of the logical necessity or possibility of the proposition expressed by his utterance. - - Crystal 1985:12 - Palmer 1986:10-11 - Lyons 1977b:788-791 - - - - - - - - en - assumptive mood - assum - Assumptive mood is an epistemic mode that signals the speaker's belief that his statement is based on facts about what is usually the case in such circumstances. - - - - - - - - en - auditory evidential - audit - An auditory evidential is a nonvisual evidential that signals that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his statement is based on what he has heard. - - - - - - - - en - commissive modality - commis - Commissive modality is a deontic modality that connotes the speaker's expressed commitment, as a promise or threat, to bring about the proposition expressed by the utterance. - - - - - - - - en - conditional mood - cond - Conditional mood signals hypotheses or conditions. - - Crystal 1997:80 - - - - - - - - en - declarative mood - decl - Declarative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the proposition expressed by a speaker's utterance is offered as an unqualified statement of fact. - - Palmer 1986:26-27 - Sadock and Zwicky 1985:165-166 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:144 - Crystal 1980:85 - Palmer 1986:70,83 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:99 - Crystal 1980:183 - Mish et al. 1990:613 - - - - - - - - en - deductive mood - deduc - Deductive mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker judges from other facts that the proposition expressed by his utterance is probably true. - - - - - - - - en - deliberative mood - delib - Deliberative mood is a directive mood which signals the speaker's request for instruction from the addressee as to whether to do the proposition expressed in the utterance. - - Palmer 1986:107-108 - Bliese 1981:146 - - - - - - - - en - deontic modality - deon - Deontic modality is modality that connotes the speaker's (1) degree of requirement of, (2) desire for, or (3) commitment to the realization of the proposition expressed by the utterance. - - Crystal 1985:88 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:246-247 - Palmer 1986:10-11,15,96-97,115 - - - - - - - - en - directive modality - directiv - Directive modality is a deontic modality that connotes the speaker's degree of requirement of conformity to the proposition expressed by an utterance. - - Palmer 1986:97-98 - Crystal 1980:95 - Quirk, et al. 1985:78 - - - - - - - - en - dubitative mood - dub - Dubitative mood is an epistemic mood which signals a speaker's reservation about the accuracy of his or her statement. - - Nida 1949:169 - Bybee 1985:179 - - - - - - - - en - epistemic modality - epis - Epistemic modality is a modality that connotes how much certainty or evidence a speaker has for the proposition expressed by his or her utterance. - - Crystal 1985:110 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:242 - Bybee 1985:165-166 - Palmer 1986:10-11,5 - - - - - - - - en - evidentiality modality - evi - Evidentiality is an epistemic modality that connotes the speaker's assessment of the evidence for his or her statement. An evidential is a form, such as a verbal affix, that is a grammatical expression of evidentiality. - - Bybee 1985:184 - Palmer 1986:66-67 - Givón 1984:307-308 - - - - - - - - en - hypothetical mood - hypo - Hypothetical mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker evaluates a proposition as counterfactual, but otherwise possible. - - Noonan 1985:95 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:243 - Boas and Deloria 1941:112 - - - - - - - - en - immediate imperative mood - imimpv - Immediate imperative mood is an imperative mood that signals that the command or request is to be carried out right away. - - Sadock and Zwicky 1985:178 - Schachter and Otanes 1972:403 - - - - - - - - en - imperative mood - imp - Imperative mood is mood that signals directive modality, especially in commands. Its use may be extended to signal permission. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:108 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:247 - Bybee 1985:171 - Palmer 1986:29,97,108,111 - Mish et al. 1990:603 - Crystal 1980:153 - Quirk, et al. 1985:78,803 - - - - - - - - en - imprecative mood - imprec - Imprecative mood is a volitive mood that signals the speaker's wish that an unfavorable proposition will come about. - - Lewis, G.L. 1967:115, cited by Sadock and Zwicky 1985:163 - - - - - - - - en - indicative mood - ind - Indicative mood is used with statements and questions. - - Crystal 1997:194 - - - - - - - - en - interrogative mood - interog - An interrogative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker wishes to elicit information concerning the content of his or her utterance from the addressee. - - Nida 1949:168 - Palmer 1986:30-31 - - - - - - - - en - irrealis modality - irr - Irrealis modality is a modality that connotes that the proposition with which it is associated is nonactual or nonfactual. - - Noonan 1985:96 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:241 - - - - - - - - en - judgment modality - judg - Judgment modality is an epistemic modality that connotes the speaker's (1) strength of inference, or (2) degree of confidence in the reality of the proposition expressed by his or her utterance. - - - - - - - - en - jussive mood - juss - Jussive mood is a directive mood that signals a speaker's (1) command, (2) permission, or (3) agreement that the proposition expressed by his or her utterance be brought about. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:247 - Mish et al. 1990:655 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:110 - Palmer 1986:10,24,39-40,96,110,113 - - - - - - - - en - necessity modality - nec - Necessity is a degree of contingency in modality that (1) in alethic modality connotes logical requirement, (2) in deontic modality connotes obligation, and (3) in epistemic modality connotes certainty. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:242,246 - Lyons 1977b:791 - - - - - - - - en - nonvisual evidential - nvis - A nonvisual evidential is a sensory evidential that signals that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from a sense other than sight. - - - - - - - - en - obligative mood - oblig - Obligative mood is a directive mood that signals the speaker's estimation of the necessity that the proposition expressed in his or her utterance be brought about. - - Nida 1949:169 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:247 - Palmer 1986:98 - Sharma 1982:189-190 - - - - - - - - en - optative mood - opt - Optative mood is a volitive mood that signals wishing or hoping. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:247 - Nida 1949:168 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:54,154-155 - Bybee 1985:166 - Mish et al. 1990:828 - Quirk, et al. 1985:839 - Palmer 1986:116-118 - Crystal 1985:90 - - - - - - - - en - permissive mood - permis - Permissive mood is a directive mood that signals the speaker's act of giving permission. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:165 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:247 - - - - - - - - en - possibility modality - possbl - Possibility is a degree of contingency in modality that (1) in alethic modality connotes logical possibility, (2) in deontic modality connotes permission, and (3) in epistemic modality connotes uncertainty or speculation. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:242,246 - Lyons 1977b:791 - Crystal 1985:12 - - - - - - - - en - precative mood - prec - Precative mood is a directive mood that signals that the utterance is a request. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:173 - Palmer 1986:10 - - - - - - - - en - prohibitive mood - proh - Prohibitive mood is a directive mood that signals a prohibition. It is distinguished by (1) the use of a negated imperative sentence that employs a negative marker distinct from that used in declarative sentences, or (2) a verb form different from that of the imperative. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:176,228 - Bybee 1985:173 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:185 - Sadock and Zwicky 1985:175-176 - - - - - - - - en - quotative evidential - quot - A quotative evidential is an evidential that signals that someone else is the source of the statement made. - - Chung and Timberlake 1985:244 - Nida 1949:169 - Palmer 1986:7,71 - Dahl 1985:150-151 - Faust 1973 - - - - - - - - en - realis modality - real - Realis modality is a modality that connotes the factuality of a proposition. - - Noonan 1985:96 - Chung and Timberlake 1985:241 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:99 - Crystal 1980:183 - Mish et al. 1990:613 - - - - - - - - en - sensory evidential - sensor - A sensory evidential is an evidential signaling that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from the speaker's own sensory experience. - - - - - - - - en - speculative mood - specu - Speculative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker judges from certain facts that the proposition expressed by his or her utterance is possibly true. - - - - - - - - en - subjunctive mood - sbjv - mood is a mood that typically signals irrealis meanings, such as (1) potentiality, (2) uncertainty, (3) prediction, (4) obligation, and (5) desire. It most typically occurs in a subordinate clause, but may occur outside of one. - - Nida 1949:169 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:205 - Bybee 1985:186 - Crystal 1980:338 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:224 - Lyons 1977b:817,848 - Mish et al. 1990:1174 - - - - - - - - en - visual evidential - vis - A visual evidential is a sensory evidential signaling that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from the speaker's own sight. - - - - - - - - en - volitive modality - volit - Volitive modality is a deontic modality that expresses the speaker's attitude of hope, wish, or fear concerning the proposition expressed by the utterance. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:229 - Palmer 1986:116-117 - - - - - - - - - en - agreement - agr - - - - - - - - en - Subject agreement - sbj - Features common to subject agreement on verbs. - - - - - - - en - subject agreement - sbj - This contains the set of features used in subject agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - Object agreement - obj - Features common to object agreement on verbs. - - - - - - - en - object agreement - obj - This contains the set of features used in object agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - Ergative agreement - erg - Features common to ergative agreement on verbs. - - - - - - - en - ergative agreement - erg - This contains the set of features used in ergative agreement. - - - - - - - - - en - Absolutive agreement - abs - Features common to ergative agreement on verbs. - - - - - - - en - absolutive agreement - abs - This contains the set of features used in absolutive agreement. - - - - - - - - - - en - polarity - polarity - Polarity is a grammatical category that distinguishes affirmative and negative. - - Schachter 1985:10 - Talmy 1985:131 - - - - - - - en - affirmative - plus - - - - - - - - - en - negative - neg - - - - - - - - - - en - switch reference - sr - Switch reference is a grammatical category with the following features: It signals the identity or nonidentity of the referent of an argument of one clause, usually its subject, with an argument of another clause, which is likewise usually the subject. Switch reference functions to avoid ambiguity of reference; for example, it may distinguish between two referents that are third person and that, thus, may not be otherwise distinguished on the verb. It relates clauses, usually adjacent, that may be subordinate or coordinate to one another. It is expressed: (1) usually by inflectional affixes on the verb, (2) sometimes by the same affixes that express subject-verb agreement within the clause, and (3) rarely by a morpheme independent of the verb. - - Haiman and Munro 1983:ix-xiii - - - - - - - en - different subject marker - dsbj - A different subject marker is a marker in the verb morphology of a clause which indicates that the subject of the clause is not the same as the subject of some other clause. The other clause is maybe a following clause, the final clause in a clause chain, or the main clause in a sentence. - - Thompson and Longacre 1985:187,201 - Longacre 1985:264 - - - - - - - - en - same subject marker - ssbj - A same subject marker is a distinction in the verb morphology of a clause that indicates that the subject is identical to the subject of another clause, such as one of the following: A following clause, the final clause in a clause chain, or the main clause in a sentence. - - Thompson and Longacre 1985:187,201 - Longacre 1985:254 - - - - - - - - - en - tense - ten - Tense is a grammatical category, typically marked on the verb, that deictically refers to the time of the event or state denoted by the verb in relation to some other temporal reference point. - - Crystal 1980:352-353 - Givón 1984:272 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:235 - Nida 1949:167 - Comrie 1985b:9 - Mish et al. 1990:1216 - - - - - - - en - absolute tense - absten - Absolute tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - en - near future tense - nearfut - Near future tense (also called close future tense) is a tense that refers to a time shortly after the moment of utterance. - - Dahl 1985:121 - Comrie 1985b:94 - - - - - - - - en - future tense - fut - Future tense is an absolute tense that refers to a time after the moment of utterance. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:92 - Mish et al. 1990:500 - - - - - - - - en - hesternal past tense - hestpst - Hesternal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time that is located somewhere in the span beginning with the period defined culturally as "yesterday" and extends back through some period that is considered nonremote. - - Comrie 1985b:87-88 - Dahl 1985:126 - - - - - - - - en - hodiernal future tense - hodfut - Hodiernal future tense is a future tense that refers to a time that is located after the moment of utterance within the span culturally defined as "today." - - - - - - - - en - hodiernal past tense - hodpst - Hodiernal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time as located before the moment of utterance within the span culturally defined as "today." - - Comrie 1985b:87 - Dahl 1985:125-126 - - - - - - - - en - immediate past tense - impst - Immediate past tense is past tense that refers to a time considered very recent in relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - nonfuture tense - nfut - Nonfuture tense is an absolute tense that (1) refers to a time at or before the moment of utterance, and (2) contrasts with a future tense. - - - - - - - - en - nonpast tense - npst - Nonpast tense is an absolute tense that (1) refers to a time at or after the moment of utterance, and (2) contrasts with a past tense. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:153 - Comrie 1985b:48-49 - - - - - - - - en - nonrecent past tense - nrecpst - Nonrecent past tense is a past tense that refers to a time before the range of a contrasting recent past tense. - - - - - - - - en - nonremote past tense - nrempst - Nonremote past tense is a past tense that refers to a time considered not more than a few days ago, in contrast to a remote past tense. - - - - - - - - en - not-yet tense - notyet - Not-yet tense is an absolute tense that refers to times at and before the moment of utterance in asserting the present and past nonoccurrence of an event or state. It tends to imply that the event or state is expected to occur in the future. This tense corresponds to the meaning of the English not yet. - - - - - - - - en - past tense - pst - Past tense is an absolute tense that refers to a time before the moment of utterance. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:166 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:162 - Mish et al. 1990:861 - - - - - - - - en - post-hodiernal future tense - posthodfut - Post-hodiernal future tense is a future tense that refers to a time, in relation to the moment of utterance, after the span that is culturally defined as "today." - - - - - - - - en - predictive future tense - predfut - Predictive future tense is a future tense, used in predictions, that does not express intention. - - - - - - - - en - prehesternal past tense - prehestpst - Prehesternal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time in some span before that of an opposing hesternal past tense. - - - - - - - - en - prehodiernal past tense - prehodpst - Prehodiernal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time in some span before that of a contrasting hodiernal past tense. - - - - - - - - en - present tense - prs - Present tense is an absolute tense that refers to the moment of utterance. It often refers to events or states that do not merely coincide with the moment of utterance, such as those that are (1) continuous, (2) habitual, or (3) lawlike. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:183 - Comrie 1985b:36-40 - Mish et al. 1990:930 - - - - - - - - en - preterit - pret - A preterit, in traditional terminology, is a simple past tense not marked for aspect or modality. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:184 - Crystal 1987:428 - Mish et al. 1990:932 - Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:209 - - - - - - - - en - recent past tense - recpst - Recent past tense is a past tense that refers to a time, culturally and situationally defined, within the span ranging from yesterday to a week or a few months previous. - - Comrie 1985b:87 - Dahl 1985:121-122 - - - - - - - - en - remote future tense - remfut - Remote future is a future tense that refers to a time that is considered relatively distant. It is characteristically after the span of time culturally defined as "tomorrow." - - Dahl 1985:121 - Comrie 1985b:94 - - - - - - - - en - remote past tense - rempst - Remote past tense is a past tense that refers to a time considered more than a few days ago. - - Dahl 1985:121 - Comrie 1985b:88 - - - - - - - - en - still tense - still - Still tense is an absolute tense carrying the presupposition that an event or state held before the moment of utterance.In positive declarative clauses, still tense asserts that the event or state holds at the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - - en - absolute-relative tense - absrelten - Absolute-relative tense is a tense (1) that refers to a time in relation to a temporal reference point that, in turn, is referred to in relation to the moment of utterance, (2) in which the time and the reference point are not identical, and (3) the reference point and the moment of utterance are not identical. - - - - - - - en - future perfect tense - futprf - Future perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located before a contextually determined temporal reference point that must be located in the future relative to the moment of utterance. - - Comrie 1985b:69-71 - Mish et al. 1990:501 - - - - - - - - en - future-in-future tense - futinfut - Future-in-future tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located in the future, relative to a temporal reference point that itself is located in the future relative to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - future-in-past tense - futinpst - Future-in-past tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located in the future, relative to a contextually determined temporal reference point that itself must be located in the past relative to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - future-perfect-in-past tense - futprfinpst - Future-perfect-in-past tense is an absolute-relative tense that involves three points in time in the past. The tense refers to a time that is in the future, relative to another point in the past, but is in the past relative to a point in its future. All these points in time are in the past relative to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - past perfect tense - pstprf - Past perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time in the past relative to a reference point, which itself is in the past relative to the moment of utterance. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:162,170 - Mish et al. 1990:861 - Comrie 1985b:65-66 - - - - - - - - - en - relative tense - relten - Relative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's temporal relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - en - relative future tense - relfut - Relative future tense is a relative tense that refers to a time located after a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - relative nonfuture tense - relnfut - Relative nonfuture tense is a relative tense that refers to a time simultaneous to, or before, a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - relative nonpast tense - relnpst - Relative nonpast tense is a relative tense that refers to a time simultaneous to, or after, a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance. - - - - - - - - en - relative past tense - relpst - Relative past tense is a relative tense that refers to a time located before that of a contextually determined temporal reference point. - - - - - - - - en - relative present tense - relprs - Relative present tense is a relative tense that refers to a time that is simultaneous with some contextually determined temporal reference point. - - - - - - - - - - en - transitivity - transitivity - Transitivity is the number of objects a verb requires or takes in a given instance. - - - - - - - en - ditransitivity - ditr - Ditransitivity is a term which describes a verb or clause which takes two objects. - - - - - - - - en - intransitivity - intr - Intransitivity is a term that describes a verb or clause that is unable to take a direct object. - - - - - - - - en - transitive verb - tr - A transitive verb is a verb that takes a direct object. - - - - - - - - - en - voice - voice - Voice is a grammatical category that expresses the semantic functions attributed to the referents of a clause. It indicates whether the subject is an (1) actor, (2) patient, or (3) recipient. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:228-229 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:251-252 - Nida 1949:168 - Elson and Pickett 1988:31 - Bybee 1985:20-21 - Quirk, et al. 1985:159 - Crystal 1985:329 - Mish et al. 1990:1320 - - - - - - - en - active voice - act - Active voice is a voice that indicates a subject has the semantic function of actor. - - Crystal 1980:12 - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:251-252 - Nida 1949:168 - Mish et al. 1990:54 - - - - - - - - en - antipassive voice - antip - Antipassive voice is a voice in an ergative-absolutive language in which (1) a noun phrase that normally has ergative case instead has absolutive case, (2) a noun phrase that normally has absolutive case is marked as an oblique or an indirect object, and (3) the salience of the normally absolutive noun phrase is, according to some analysts, decreased. - - - - - - - - en - impersonal passive - imperspass - - - - - - - - - en - mediopassive voice - medpass - Mediopassive voice is a passive voice in which (1) the verb has stative meaning, and (2) the actor is not expressed. - - - - - - - - en - middle voice - mid - Middle voice is a voice that indicates that the subject is the actor and acts (1) upon himself or herself reflexively, or (2) for his or her own benefit. In the case of plural subjects, the actors may, perhaps, act upon each other. - - Elson and Pickett 1988:31 - Bybee 1985:20-21 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:137 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:252 - Nida 1949:168 - Mish et al. 1990:752 - - - - - - - - en - passive voice - pass - Passive voice is a voice that indicates that the subject is the patient or recipient of the action denoted by the verb. - - Crystal 1980:259 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:161 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:252 - Nida 1949:1689 - Mish et al. 1990:860 - Crystal 1985:222 - - - - - - - - en - personal passive - perspass - - - - - - - - - en - synthetic passive voice - synthpass - - - - - - - - - - en - voice/focus in Philippine-type languages - foc - Philippine-type languages (e.g. Tagalog and Cebuano as well as some in Malaysia) have a voice or focus system in which the verb selects the semantic role of the grammatical subject. The verb has an affix which says what the semantic role of the subject is. - - Brown and Miller 1999:408 - - - - - - - en - actor voice/focus - af - The subject has the semantic role of actor. - - - - - - - - en - goal voice/focus - gf - The subject has the semantic role of goal or recipient. It is sometimes also referred to as dative voice. - - - - - - - - en - instrumental voice/focus - if - The subject has the semantic role of instrument. - - - - - - - - en - patient voice/focus - pf - The subject has the semantic role of patient. It is sometimes also referred to as object voice. - - - - - - - - - - en - case agreement - caseagr - - - - - - - - en - case - case - Case is a grammatical category determined by the syntactic or semantic function of a noun or pronoun. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:35 - Crystal 1980:53-54 - Anderson, Stephen 1985:179-180 - Andrews, Avery 1985:71-72 - Mish et al. 1990:211 - Kuno 1973:4-5 - - - - - - - en - ablative case - abl - Ablative case is a case that expresses a variety of meanings including instrument, cause, location, source, and time. - - Crystal 1980:7 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:1 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:3 - Lyons 1968:299 - Mish et al. - - - - - - - - en - absolutive case - abs - Absolutive case is the case of nouns in ergative-absolutive languages that would generally be the subjects of intransitive verbs or the objects of transitive verbs in the translational equivalents of nominative-accusative languages such as English. - - Anderson, Stephen 1985:181 - Crystal 1985:1 - Andrews, Avery 1985:138 - - - - - - - - en - accusative case - acc - Accusative case is the case in nominative-accusative languages that marks certain syntactic functions, usually direct objects. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:3,156 - Crystal 1980:11,246 - Andrews, Avery 1985:75 - Anderson, Stephen 1985:181 - Mish et al. 1990:50 - - - - - - - - en - allative case - all - Allative case is a case that expresses motion to or toward the referent of the noun it marks. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:6,9,216 - Lyons 1968:299 - Crystal 1985:12-13 - Gove, et al. 1966:55,2359 - - - - - - - - en - benefactive case - ben - Benefactive case is a case that expresses that the referent of the noun it marks receives the benefit of the situation expressed by the clause. - - Crystal 1980:43 - Gove, et al. 1966:203 - - - - - - - - en - dative case - dat - Dative case is a case that marks any of the following: (1) Indirect objects (for languages in which they are held to exist); (2) Nouns having the role of (a) recipient (as of things given), (b) beneficiary of an action, or (c) possessor of an item. - - Crystal 1980:102 - Gove, et al. 1966:577 - - - - - - - - en - ergative case - erg - Ergative case is the case of nouns in ergative-absolutive languages that would generally be the subjects of transitive verbs in the translation equivalents of nominative-accusative languages such as English. - - Crystal 1980:134 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:78 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:67 - Andrews, Avery 1985:138 - - - - - - - - en - genitive case - gen - Genitive case is a case in which the referent of the marked noun is the possessor of the referent of another noun. - - Crystal 1980:161 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:94-95,180 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:82,172 - Anderson, Stephen 1985:185 - Mish et al. 1990:511 - Fleming 1988:10 - - - - - - - - en - illative case - ill - Illative case is a case that expresses motion into or direction toward the referent of the noun it marks. - - Lyons 1968:299 - Gove, et al. 1966:1126 - Crystal 1985:152 - - - - - - - - en - instrumental case - ins - Instrumental case is a case indicating that the referent of the noun it marks is the means of the accomplishment of the action expressed by the clause. - - Crystal 1980:187 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:114 - Mish et al. 1990:627 - - - - - - - - en - locative case - loc - Locative case is a case that expresses location at the referent of the noun it marks. - - Crystal 1980:214-215 - Mish et al. 1990:701 - Lyons 1968:299 - Crystal 1985:7 - Gove, et al. 1966:25 - - - - - - - - en - nominative case - nom - Nominative case is the case that identifies clause subjects in nominative-accusative languages. Nouns used in isolation have this case. - - Crystal 1980:242 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:147 - Mish et al. 1990:801 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:224 - - - - - - - - en - oblique case - obl - Oblique case is the case that refers collectively to all the case forms of a word except the unmarked case (usually nominative). - - Crystal 1997:267 - - - - - - - - en - vocative case - voc - Vocative case is a case that marks a noun whose referent is being addressed. - - Crystal 1980:377 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:251 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:228 - - - - - - - - en - less common cases - lesscommoncasesgroup - - - - - - - - en - abessive case - abess - Abessive case is a case that expresses the lack or absence of the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning of the English preposition without. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:3,35 - Gove, et al. 1966:3 - - - - - - - - en - causative case - caus - Causative case is a case which expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the cause of the situation expressed by the clause. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:36 - Andrews, Avery 1985:95 - Gove, et al. 1966:356 - - - - - - - - en - comitative case - com - Comitative case is a case expressing accompaniment. It carries the meaning "with" or "accompanied by." - - Anderson, Stephen 1985:186 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:42 - Dixon, R. 1972:12 - Gove, et al. 1966:455 - - - - - - - - en - delative case - del - Delative case is a case which expresses motion downward from the referent of the noun it marks. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:53 - Gove, et al. 1966:595 - - - - - - - - en - elative case - elat - Elative case is a case expressing motion out of or away from the referent of the noun it marks. - - Lyons 1968:299 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:64 - Crystal 1985:106 - Gove, et al. 1966:730 - - - - - - - - en - equative case - equa - Equative case is a case that expresses likeness or identity to the referent of the noun it marks. It can have meaning, such as English "as," "like," and "in the capacity of." - - - - - - - - en - essive case - ess - Essive case is a case that expresses the temporary state of the referent specified by a noun. The case has the meaning of (1) while, and (2) in the capacity of. - - Lyons 1968:299,301 - Gove, et al. 1966:778 - Crystal 1985:112 - - - - - - - - en - inessive case - iness - Inessive case is a case that expresses a location within the referent of the noun it marks. - - Lyons 1968:299 - Gove, et al. 1966:1156 - Crystal 1985:156 - - - - - - - - en - lative case - lat - Lative case is a case that expresses motion (1) up to the location of, or (2) as far as the referent of the noun it marks. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:121, Gove, et al. 1966:1277 - - - - - - - - en - partitive case - parti - Partitive case is a case that expresses the partial nature of the referent of the noun it marks, as opposed to expressing the whole unit or class of which the referent is a part. This case may be found in items such as the following: (1) Existential clauses, (2) Nouns that are accompanied by numerals or units of measure, or (3) Predications of material from which something is made. It often has a meaning similar to the English word "some." - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:161 - Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:208 - Quirk, et al. 1985:249 - Gove, et al. 1966:1648 - Sebeok 1946:12-14 - - - - - - - - en - prolative case - prolat - Prolative case is a case that expresses motion along or by the referent of the noun it marks. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:176-177 - Sebeok 1946:7,14 - Merlan 1982:57-59,79 - Andrews, Avery 1985:92-93 - Gove, et al. 1966:1683 - - - - - - - - en - superessive case - superess - Superessive case is a case that expresses location on the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning of "on" or "upon." - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:207 - Gove, et al. 1966:2293 - - - - - - - - en - translative case - translat - Translative case is a case indicating that the referent of the noun, or the quality of the adjective, that it marks is the result of a process of change. - - Lyons 1968:299-301 - Gove, et al. 1966:813,2429 - Sebeok 1946:17 - Hakulinen 1961:70 - - - - - - - - - - - en - person agreement - agr - - - - - - - - en - person - pers - Person deixis is deictic reference to the participant role of a referent, such as the speaker, the addressee, and referents which are neither speaker nor addressee. - - Levinson 1983:62 - Crystal 1980:263 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:168 - Mish et al. 1990:877 - - - - - - - en - first person - 1 - First person deixis is deictic reference that refers to the speaker, or both the speaker and referents grouped with the speaker. - - Crystal 1980:263 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:168 - Mish et al. 1990:466 - Levinson 1983:62 - Fleming 1988:322 - - - - - - - - en - first person exclusive - 1excl - Exclusive first person deixis is deixis that refers to a group not including the addressee(s). - - Crystal 1980:182 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:69 - - - - - - - - en - first person inclusive - 1incl - Inclusive first person deixis is deixis that refers to a group including the addressee(s). - - Crystal 1980:182 - Pei and Gaynor 1954:98 - - - - - - - - en - second person - 2 - Second person deixis is deictic reference to a person or persons identified as addressee. - - Crystal 1980:263 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:168 - Mish et al. 1990:1060 - Levinson 1983:62 - Fleming 1988:322 - - - - - - - - en - third person - 3 - Third person deixis is deictic reference to a referent(s) not identified as the speaker or addressee. - - Crystal 1980:263 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:168 - Mish et al. 1990:1227 - Levinson 1983:62 - Anderson and Keenan 1985:261-262 - Fleming 1988:322 - - - - - - - - en - obviative person - 3obv - Obviative person deixis is third person deixis that distinguishes a less important referent in the present stage of the discourse from a referent that is more important. - - - - - - - - en - proximate person - 3prox - Proximate person deixis is a third person deixis that distinguishes a referent that is more important at the present stage of the discourse from a referent that is less important. - - - - - - - - - - en - common agreement - agr - - - - - - - - en - gender - gen - Grammatical gender is a noun class system, composed of two or three classes, whose nouns that have human male and female referents tend to be in separate classes. Other nouns that are classified in the same way in the language may not be classed by any correlation with natural sex distinctions. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:93 - Foley and Van Valin 1984:325 - Mish et al. 1990:510 - Crystal 1985:133 - Dixon, R. 1968:105 - Quirk, et al. 1985:314 - - - - - - - en - masculine gender - m - Masculine gender is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns having human or animal male referents, and (2) often marks nouns having referents that do not have distinctions of sex. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:93 - Mish et al. 1990:730 - - - - - - - - en - feminine gender - f - Feminine gender is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that have human or animal female referents, and (2) often marks nouns that have referents that do not carry distinctions of sex. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:93 - Mish et al. 1990:456 - - - - - - - - en - neuter gender - n - Neuter gender is a grammatical gender that (1) includes those nouns having referents which do not have distinctions of sex, and (2) often includes some which do have a natural sex distinction. - - Hartmann and Stork 1972:93 - Mish et al. 1990:795 - - - - - - - - - en - number - num - Number is a grammatical category of nouns, pronouns, and verb agreement that expresses count distinctions (such as "one" or "more than one"). The count distinctions typically, but not always, correspond to the actual count of the referents of the marked noun or pronoun. - - Crystal 1980:245 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:155 - Mish et al. 1990:811 - - - - - - - en - singular number - sg - Singular number is number that refers to one member of a designated class. - - Crystal 1980:245 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:210 - - - - - - - - en - plural number - pl - Plural number is number that expresses reference to a quantity greater than that expressed by the largest specific number category in a language, such as "more than one" in English, and "more than two" in some other languages. - - Crystal 1980:245 - Hartmann and Stork 1972:178 - Crystal 1987:428 - Mish et al. 1990:906 - - - - - - - - en - dual number - du - Dual number is number which refers to two members of the class identified by the noun. - - - - - - - - en - trial number - trial - A trial number is a number that refers to three members of the designated class. - - Pei and Gaynor 1954:220 - Gove, et al. 1966:2439 - - - - - - - - en - paucal number - paucal - few - - Crystal 1997:265 - - - - - - - - - en - noun class - class - A noun class system is a grammatical system that some languages use to overtly categorize nouns. Noun classes (1) are often based, at least in part, on characteristics (such as gender, animacy, shape) of the referents of some of the nouns in each class, and (2) are distinguished (a) by an affix on the noun or by a clitic or word in the noun phrase, and (b) by agreement affixes on noun phrase constituents and on the verb. - - Dixon, R. 1968:105 - Dixon, R. 1986:105-111 - - - - - - - en - animate class - anim - An animate class is a category of nouns having human or animal referents. - - - - - - - - en - human class - hum - A human class is a noun class that has human referents. - - Lyons 1968:286-288 - Andrews, Avery 1985:77 - Bolinger 1968:114-115 - - - - - - - - en - inanimate class - inan - An inanimate class is a category of nouns that do not have human or animal referents. - - - - - - - - - en - Bantu noun class - gender - Grammatical gender is a noun class system composed of several classes. All Bantu noun genders are primarily a matter of form. Nouns in a given gender may share some semantic notions, but this is not always the case. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-7; - Murphy 1997:221-237; - Contini-Morava 1997:599-628. - - - - - - - en - Gender 1/2 - 1/2 - Gender 1/2 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that refer to human beings, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not human beings. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 1a - 1a - Gender 1a is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or personifications and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not proper names. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 3/4 - 3/4 - Gender 3/4 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc., and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not non-human living things. It also may mark body parts.. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 5/6 - 5/6 - Gender 5/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 6a - 6a - Gender 6a is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 6a do not have a singular/plural distinction. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 7/8 - 7/8 - Gender 7/8 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 9/10 - 9/10 - Gender 9/10 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 11/10 - 11/10 - Gender 11/10 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 12/13 - 12/13 - Gender 12/13 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 14/6 - 14/6 - Gender 14/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are abstract or collectives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are neither abstract nor collective. Nouns marked for gender 14/6 can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 14 - 14 - Gender 14 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are abstract or collectives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are neither abstract nor collective. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 15/6 - 15/6 - Gender 15/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are paired body parts, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not paired body parts. Nouns marked for gender 15/6 can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 15 - 15 - Gender 15 is a grammatical gender that marks infinitives. Nouns marked for gender 15 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 19/13 - 19/13 - Gender 19/13 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are diminutives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not diminutives. Nouns marked for gender 19/13 can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 16 - 16 - Gender 16 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 17 - 17 - Gender 17 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - - - en - Gender 18 - 18 - Gender 18 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. - - Katamba 2003:114ff; - Hinnebusch 1989:466-467, - Gardner 2005:54. - - - - - - +enadjective-relatedadj.rMorphosyntactic features that are generally associated with adjectives and adjective phrases.endegreedegenpositiveposencomparativecmprensuperlativesuprenAdjective agreementadjAgrFeatures common to agreement on adjectives.enadjective agreementadjagrThis contains the set of features used in adjective agreement.enarticle-relatedart.rMorphosyntactic features that are generally associated with articles or determiners.enArticle agreementartAgrFeatures common to agreement on articles.enarticle agreementartagrThis contains the set of features used in article agreement.ensubtypeartsubtypeendemonstrativedemdetA demonstrative article or determiner is a demonstrative that appears with a head noun in a noun phrase. For example, the word that in the sentence I like that book.enpronoun-relatedprn.renPronoun agreementprnAgrFeatures common to agreement on pronouns.enpronoun agreementprnagrThis contains the set of features used in pronoun agreement.ensubtypeprnsubtypeenpossessivepossendemonstrativedemA demonstrative pronoun is a demonstrative that stands alone in a noun phrase. For example, the word that in the sentence I like that.enreflexivereflenreciprocalrecpennoun-relatedn.rMorphosyntactic features that are generally associated with nouns and noun phrases.enNoun agreementnAgrFeatures common to agreement on nouns.ennoun agreementnagrThis contains the set of features used in noun agreement.endefinitenessdefDefiniteness is a category concerned with the grammaticalization of identifiability and nonidentifiability of referents on the part of a speaker or addressee.endefinite identifiabilitydefidDefinite identifiability is a kind of definiteness which indicates that an expression's referent(s) is in some way identifiable to both speaker and addressee.The referent is identifiable because of a shared knowledge or situation, including a previous mention of the referent.Pei and Gaynor 1954:53Anderson, Stephen 1985:179Lyons 1968:276Mish et al. 1990:334Hawkins 1978:202engeneric termgentermA generic term is a noun or noun phrase that refers to (1) a whole class, or (2) any member of a class as a representative of its class.Crystal 1985:136Mish et al. 1990:510Hawkins 1978:214-215enindefinitenessindfIndefiniteness is a kind of definiteness indicating that the referent(s) of an expression are not presumed to be identifiable. The referent is not identifiable because of a lack of shared knowledge or situation, including no previous mention of the referent.Pei and Gaynor 1954:98Crystal 1980:263Lyons 1968:276Mish et al. 1990:612Hawkins 1978:202ennonspecificitynspecNonspecificity is a kind of definiteness, expressed by an interpretation of or grammatical marking on a noun or noun phrase, indicating that the speaker presumably does not know the identity of the referent(s).Anderson, Stephen 1985:179Hawkins 1978:203-204enspecificityspecSpecificity is a kind of definiteness, expressed by the interpretation of or grammatical marking on a noun or noun phrase, indicating that the speaker presumably knows the identity of the referent(s).Anderson, Stephen 1985:179Hawkins 1978:203-204ensemantic rolesemroleA semantic role is the underlying relationship that a participant has with the main verb in a clause.enaccompanimentaccmpAccompaniment is the semantic role of a thing that participates in close association with an agent, causer, or affected in an event.enagentagAgent is the semantic role of a person or thing who is the doer of an event.enbeneficiarybenA beneficiary is the semantic role of a referent which is advantaged or disadvantaged by an event.encausercauserCauser is the semantic role of the referent which instigates an event rather than actually doing it.encounter-agentcounteragA counteragent is the semantic role of a force or resistance against which an action is carried out.endativedatDative is the semantic role of a referent that is conscious of being affected by the state or action identified by the verb.Also known as: RecipientenexperiencerexpExperiencer is the semantic role of an entity (or referent) which the effect of an action.enfactitivefactFactitive is the semantic role of an referent that results from the action or state identified by a verb.engoalgoalGoal is the semantic role ofeninstrumentinstInstrument is the semantic role of an inanimate thing that an agent uses to implement an event. It is the stimulus or immediate physical cause of an event.enlocativelocLocative is a semantic role which identifies the location or spatial orientation of a state or action. A locative semantic role does not imply motion to, from, or across the location.enmannermanManner is a semantic role that notes how the action, experience, or process of an event is carried out.enmeasuremeasMeasure is a semantic role which notes the quantification of an event.enpathpathPath is the semantic role describing the locale(s) transversed in motion or propulsion predications.enpatientpatPatient is a semantic role that is usually the surface object of the verb in a sentence.enrangerangeRange is the semantic role of the entity that completes, is a product of, or further specifies an event.enresultresA result is a semantic role that refers to that which is produced by an event. This role is usually encoded as the surface object of a sentence.ensourcesrcSource is the semantic role of the following referents:entimetimTime is the semantic role of the temporal placement of an event.enPossessor agreementpossAgrFeatures common to agreement on possessors.enpossessor agreementpossagrThis contains the set of features used in possessor agreement.enverb-relatedv.rMorphosyntactic features that are generally associated with verbs and verb phrases.enaspectaspAspect is a grammatical category associated with verbs that expresses a temporal view of the event or state expressed by the verb.Lyons 1977b:705Chung and Timberlake 1985:213Talmy 1985:77Elson and Pickett 1988:26-27Comrie 1976a:3Quirk, et al. 1985:188Hartmann and Stork 1972:20Crystal 1987:415Mish et al. 1990:108enaorist aspectaorenatelic aspectatelicA term used in the grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event where the activity has no clear terminal point. They contrast with telic verbs.Crystal 1997:33enattenuative aspectattenA term sometimes used in grammar and semantics, referring to a reduced quality or quantity of the state or activity expressed by the verb ('a little', 'less'). In some languages (e.g., Hungarian) the contrast is a formal part of the aspect system.Crystal 1997:33encessative aspectcessCessative aspect is aspect that expresses the cessation of an event or state.Pei and Gaynor 1954:37Nida 1949:168Elson and Pickett 1988:28Anderson, Judi Lynn 1989:12encompletive aspectcomplencontinuous aspectcontContinuous aspect is an imperfective aspect that expresses an ongoing, but not habitual, occurrence of the state or event expressed by the verb.Comrie 1976a:12,26Dahl 1985:94Bills, Vallejo, and Troike 1969:21endistributive aspectdistrDistributive aspect is an iterative aspect which expresses that an event is applied to members of a group one after another. These members are typically the referents named by (1) the subject of an intransitive verb, or (2) the object of a transitive verb.Pei and Gaynor 1954:59Comrie 1985a:344endurative aspectdurUsed in grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event involving a period of time (cf. 'continuous', 'progressive'); it contrasts with 'non-durative' or 'punctual'.Crystal 1997:128enfrequentative aspectfreqUsed in the grammatical classification of verbs to refer to the expression of repeated action. In some languages (e.g. Russian) the class may be marked morphologically, but in English the meaning is normally expressed through adverbials of frequency, e.g. again, regularly, often.Crystal 1997:159enhabitual aspecthabHabitual aspect is an imperfective aspect that expresses the occurrence of an event or state as characteristic of a period of time.Comrie 1976a:27-28Dahl 1985:97Hartmann and Stork 1972:21Crystal 1987:422enimperfective aspectipfvImperfective aspect is an aspect that expresses an event or state, with respect to its internal structure, instead of expressing it as a simple whole.Ducrot and Todorov 1979:307Pei and Gaynor 1954:97Comrie 1976a:24-25,41-42Crystal 1985:153Mish et al. 1990:604eninceptive aspectincepUsed to refer to a type of aspectual relationship in which the beginning of an action is specified. Same as 'inchoative'.Crystal 1997:192eninchoative aspectinchoaInchoative aspect is an aspect that expresses the beginning of an event or state.Crystal 1980:34,181Pei and Gaynor 1954:98Nida 1949:168Bybee 1985:147-148Mish et al. 1990:608-609eniterative aspectiterIterative aspect is an aspect that expresses the repetition of an event or state.Comrie 1985a:343Mish et al. 1990:643Crystal 1985:167enperfective aspectpfvPerfective aspect is an aspect that expresses a temporal view of an event or state as a simple whole, apart from the consideration of the internal structure of the time in which it occurs.Comrie 1976a:12,18-19Ducrot and Todorov 1979:307Pei and Gaynor 1954:164Hartmann and Stork 1972:20Bybee 1985:142Elson and Pickett 1988:28Crystal 1985:224Mish et al. 1990:872enprogressive aspectprogProgressive aspect is a continuous aspect that expresses processes, not states.Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:231Chung and Timberlake 1985:215Comrie 1976a:12,33-36Crystal 1987:428Mish et al. 1990:940enpunctual aspectpuncUsed in analysis of aspect to refer to a momentary event, thought of as having no temporal duration; it thus contrasts with durative or continuous events, where a period of time is involved.enresultative aspectresA term used in grammatical analysis of aspect, to express consequence or effect.Crystal 1997:332enstativestvCrystal 1997:361-2entelic aspecttelicA term used in grammatical analysis of aspect, to refer to an event where the activity has a clear terminal point. These verbs contrast with atelic verbs.Crystal 1997:348enmood and modalitymoodMood is one of a set of distinctive forms that are used to signal modality. Modality is a facet of illocutionary force, signaled by grammatical devices (that is, moods), that expresses (1) the illocutionary point or general intent of a speaker, or (2) a speaker's degree of commitment to the expressed proposition's believability, obligatoriness, desirability, or reality.Chung and Timberlake 1985:241Givón 1984:272Palmer 1986:14-15,26Bybee 1985:169Quirk, et al. 1985:219Crystal 1985:198Hartmann and Stork 1972:142,144Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:183Mish et al. 1990:762,770enalethic modalityalethAlethic modality is modality that connotes the speaker's estimation of the logical necessity or possibility of the proposition expressed by his utterance.Crystal 1985:12Palmer 1986:10-11Lyons 1977b:788-791enassumptive moodassumAssumptive mood is an epistemic mode that signals the speaker's belief that his statement is based on facts about what is usually the case in such circumstances.enauditory evidentialauditAn auditory evidential is a nonvisual evidential that signals that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his statement is based on what he has heard.encommissive modalitycommisCommissive modality is a deontic modality that connotes the speaker's expressed commitment, as a promise or threat, to bring about the proposition expressed by the utterance.enconditional moodcondConditional mood signals hypotheses or conditions.Crystal 1997:80endeclarative mooddeclDeclarative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the proposition expressed by a speaker's utterance is offered as an unqualified statement of fact.Palmer 1986:26-27Sadock and Zwicky 1985:165-166Hartmann and Stork 1972:144Crystal 1980:85Palmer 1986:70,83Pei and Gaynor 1954:99Crystal 1980:183Mish et al. 1990:613endeductive mooddeducDeductive mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker judges from other facts that the proposition expressed by his utterance is probably true.endeliberative mooddelibDeliberative mood is a directive mood which signals the speaker's request for instruction from the addressee as to whether to do the proposition expressed in the utterance.Palmer 1986:107-108Bliese 1981:146endeontic modalitydeonDeontic modality is modality that connotes the speaker's (1) degree of requirement of, (2) desire for, or (3) commitment to the realization of the proposition expressed by the utterance.Crystal 1985:88Chung and Timberlake 1985:246-247Palmer 1986:10-11,15,96-97,115endirective modalitydirectivDirective modality is a deontic modality that connotes the speaker's degree of requirement of conformity to the proposition expressed by an utterance.Palmer 1986:97-98Crystal 1980:95Quirk, et al. 1985:78endubitative mooddubDubitative mood is an epistemic mood which signals a speaker's reservation about the accuracy of his or her statement.Nida 1949:169Bybee 1985:179enepistemic modalityepisEpistemic modality is a modality that connotes how much certainty or evidence a speaker has for the proposition expressed by his or her utterance.Crystal 1985:110Chung and Timberlake 1985:242Bybee 1985:165-166Palmer 1986:10-11,5enevidentiality modalityeviEvidentiality is an epistemic modality that connotes the speaker's assessment of the evidence for his or her statement. An evidential is a form, such as a verbal affix, that is a grammatical expression of evidentiality.Bybee 1985:184Palmer 1986:66-67Givón 1984:307-308enhypothetical moodhypoHypothetical mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker evaluates a proposition as counterfactual, but otherwise possible.Noonan 1985:95Chung and Timberlake 1985:243Boas and Deloria 1941:112enimmediate imperative moodimimpvImmediate imperative mood is an imperative mood that signals that the command or request is to be carried out right away.Sadock and Zwicky 1985:178Schachter and Otanes 1972:403enimperative moodimpImperative mood is mood that signals directive modality, especially in commands. Its use may be extended to signal permission.Hartmann and Stork 1972:108Chung and Timberlake 1985:247Bybee 1985:171Palmer 1986:29,97,108,111Mish et al. 1990:603Crystal 1980:153Quirk, et al. 1985:78,803enimprecative moodimprecImprecative mood is a volitive mood that signals the speaker's wish that an unfavorable proposition will come about.Lewis, G.L. 1967:115, cited by Sadock and Zwicky 1985:163enindicative moodindIndicative mood is used with statements and questions.Crystal 1997:194eninterrogative moodinterogAn interrogative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker wishes to elicit information concerning the content of his or her utterance from the addressee.Nida 1949:168Palmer 1986:30-31enirrealis modalityirrIrrealis modality is a modality that connotes that the proposition with which it is associated is nonactual or nonfactual.Noonan 1985:96Chung and Timberlake 1985:241enjudgment modalityjudgJudgment modality is an epistemic modality that connotes the speaker's (1) strength of inference, or (2) degree of confidence in the reality of the proposition expressed by his or her utterance.enjussive moodjussJussive mood is a directive mood that signals a speaker's (1) command, (2) permission, or (3) agreement that the proposition expressed by his or her utterance be brought about.Chung and Timberlake 1985:247Mish et al. 1990:655Pei and Gaynor 1954:110Palmer 1986:10,24,39-40,96,110,113ennecessity modalitynecNecessity is a degree of contingency in modality that (1) in alethic modality connotes logical requirement, (2) in deontic modality connotes obligation, and (3) in epistemic modality connotes certainty.Chung and Timberlake 1985:242,246Lyons 1977b:791ennonvisual evidentialnvisA nonvisual evidential is a sensory evidential that signals that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from a sense other than sight.enobligative moodobligObligative mood is a directive mood that signals the speaker's estimation of the necessity that the proposition expressed in his or her utterance be brought about.Nida 1949:169Chung and Timberlake 1985:247Palmer 1986:98Sharma 1982:189-190enoptative moodoptOptative mood is a volitive mood that signals wishing or hoping.Chung and Timberlake 1985:247Nida 1949:168Pei and Gaynor 1954:54,154-155Bybee 1985:166Mish et al. 1990:828Quirk, et al. 1985:839Palmer 1986:116-118Crystal 1985:90enpermissive moodpermisPermissive mood is a directive mood that signals the speaker's act of giving permission.Pei and Gaynor 1954:165Chung and Timberlake 1985:247enpossibility modalitypossblPossibility is a degree of contingency in modality that (1) in alethic modality connotes logical possibility, (2) in deontic modality connotes permission, and (3) in epistemic modality connotes uncertainty or speculation.Chung and Timberlake 1985:242,246Lyons 1977b:791Crystal 1985:12enprecative moodprecPrecative mood is a directive mood that signals that the utterance is a request.Pei and Gaynor 1954:173Palmer 1986:10enprohibitive moodprohProhibitive mood is a directive mood that signals a prohibition. It is distinguished by (1) the use of a negated imperative sentence that employs a negative marker distinct from that used in declarative sentences, or (2) a verb form different from that of the imperative.Pei and Gaynor 1954:176,228Bybee 1985:173Hartmann and Stork 1972:185Sadock and Zwicky 1985:175-176enquotative evidentialquotA quotative evidential is an evidential that signals that someone else is the source of the statement made.Chung and Timberlake 1985:244Nida 1949:169Palmer 1986:7,71Dahl 1985:150-151Faust 1973enrealis modalityrealRealis modality is a modality that connotes the factuality of a proposition.Noonan 1985:96Chung and Timberlake 1985:241Pei and Gaynor 1954:99Crystal 1980:183Mish et al. 1990:613ensensory evidentialsensorA sensory evidential is an evidential signaling that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from the speaker's own sensory experience.enspeculative moodspecuSpeculative mood is an epistemic mood that signals that the speaker judges from certain facts that the proposition expressed by his or her utterance is possibly true.ensubjunctive moodsbjvmood is a mood that typically signals irrealis meanings, such as (1) potentiality, (2) uncertainty, (3) prediction, (4) obligation, and (5) desire. It most typically occurs in a subordinate clause, but may occur outside of one.Nida 1949:169Pei and Gaynor 1954:205Bybee 1985:186Crystal 1980:338Hartmann and Stork 1972:224Lyons 1977b:817,848Mish et al. 1990:1174envisual evidentialvisA visual evidential is a sensory evidential signaling that the speaker's evidence for the truth of his or her statement is derived from the speaker's own sight.envolitive modalityvolitVolitive modality is a deontic modality that expresses the speaker's attitude of hope, wish, or fear concerning the proposition expressed by the utterance.Pei and Gaynor 1954:229Palmer 1986:116-117enagreementagrenSubject agreementsbjFeatures common to subject agreement on verbs.ensubject agreementsbjThis contains the set of features used in subject agreement.enObject agreementobjFeatures common to object agreement on verbs.enobject agreementobjThis contains the set of features used in object agreement.enErgative agreementergFeatures common to ergative agreement on verbs.energative agreementergThis contains the set of features used in ergative agreement.enAbsolutive agreementabsFeatures common to ergative agreement on verbs.enabsolutive agreementabsThis contains the set of features used in absolutive agreement.enpolaritypolarityPolarity is a grammatical category that distinguishes affirmative and negative.Schachter 1985:10Talmy 1985:131enaffirmativeplusennegativenegenswitch referencesrSwitch reference is a grammatical category with the following features: It signals the identity or nonidentity of the referent of an argument of one clause, usually its subject, with an argument of another clause, which is likewise usually the subject. Switch reference functions to avoid ambiguity of reference; for example, it may distinguish between two referents that are third person and that, thus, may not be otherwise distinguished on the verb. It relates clauses, usually adjacent, that may be subordinate or coordinate to one another. It is expressed: (1) usually by inflectional affixes on the verb, (2) sometimes by the same affixes that express subject-verb agreement within the clause, and (3) rarely by a morpheme independent of the verb.Haiman and Munro 1983:ix-xiiiendifferent subject markerdsbjA different subject marker is a marker in the verb morphology of a clause which indicates that the subject of the clause is not the same as the subject of some other clause. The other clause is maybe a following clause, the final clause in a clause chain, or the main clause in a sentence.Thompson and Longacre 1985:187,201Longacre 1985:264ensame subject markerssbjA same subject marker is a distinction in the verb morphology of a clause that indicates that the subject is identical to the subject of another clause, such as one of the following: A following clause, the final clause in a clause chain, or the main clause in a sentence.Thompson and Longacre 1985:187,201Longacre 1985:254entensetenTense is a grammatical category, typically marked on the verb, that deictically refers to the time of the event or state denoted by the verb in relation to some other temporal reference point.Crystal 1980:352-353Givón 1984:272Hartmann and Stork 1972:235Nida 1949:167Comrie 1985b:9Mish et al. 1990:1216enabsolute tenseabstenAbsolute tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to the moment of utterance.ennear future tensenearfutNear future tense (also called close future tense) is a tense that refers to a time shortly after the moment of utterance.Dahl 1985:121Comrie 1985b:94enfuture tensefutFuture tense is an absolute tense that refers to a time after the moment of utterance.Hartmann and Stork 1972:92Mish et al. 1990:500enhesternal past tensehestpstHesternal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time that is located somewhere in the span beginning with the period defined culturally as "yesterday" and extends back through some period that is considered nonremote.Comrie 1985b:87-88Dahl 1985:126enhodiernal future tensehodfutHodiernal future tense is a future tense that refers to a time that is located after the moment of utterance within the span culturally defined as "today."enhodiernal past tensehodpstHodiernal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time as located before the moment of utterance within the span culturally defined as "today."Comrie 1985b:87Dahl 1985:125-126enimmediate past tenseimpstImmediate past tense is past tense that refers to a time considered very recent in relation to the moment of utterance.ennonfuture tensenfutNonfuture tense is an absolute tense that (1) refers to a time at or before the moment of utterance, and (2) contrasts with a future tense.ennonpast tensenpstNonpast tense is an absolute tense that (1) refers to a time at or after the moment of utterance, and (2) contrasts with a past tense.Hartmann and Stork 1972:153Comrie 1985b:48-49ennonrecent past tensenrecpstNonrecent past tense is a past tense that refers to a time before the range of a contrasting recent past tense.ennonremote past tensenrempstNonremote past tense is a past tense that refers to a time considered not more than a few days ago, in contrast to a remote past tense.ennot-yet tensenotyetNot-yet tense is an absolute tense that refers to times at and before the moment of utterance in asserting the present and past nonoccurrence of an event or state. It tends to imply that the event or state is expected to occur in the future. This tense corresponds to the meaning of the English not yet.enpast tensepstPast tense is an absolute tense that refers to a time before the moment of utterance.Hartmann and Stork 1972:166Pei and Gaynor 1954:162Mish et al. 1990:861enpost-hodiernal future tenseposthodfutPost-hodiernal future tense is a future tense that refers to a time, in relation to the moment of utterance, after the span that is culturally defined as "today."enpredictive future tensepredfutPredictive future tense is a future tense, used in predictions, that does not express intention.enprehesternal past tenseprehestpstPrehesternal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time in some span before that of an opposing hesternal past tense.enprehodiernal past tenseprehodpstPrehodiernal past tense is a past tense that refers to a time in some span before that of a contrasting hodiernal past tense.enpresent tenseprsPresent tense is an absolute tense that refers to the moment of utterance. It often refers to events or states that do not merely coincide with the moment of utterance, such as those that are (1) continuous, (2) habitual, or (3) lawlike.Hartmann and Stork 1972:183Comrie 1985b:36-40Mish et al. 1990:930enpreteritpretA preterit, in traditional terminology, is a simple past tense not marked for aspect or modality.Hartmann and Stork 1972:184Crystal 1987:428Mish et al. 1990:932Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:209enrecent past tenserecpstRecent past tense is a past tense that refers to a time, culturally and situationally defined, within the span ranging from yesterday to a week or a few months previous.Comrie 1985b:87Dahl 1985:121-122enremote future tenseremfutRemote future is a future tense that refers to a time that is considered relatively distant. It is characteristically after the span of time culturally defined as "tomorrow."Dahl 1985:121Comrie 1985b:94enremote past tenserempstRemote past tense is a past tense that refers to a time considered more than a few days ago.Dahl 1985:121Comrie 1985b:88enstill tensestillStill tense is an absolute tense carrying the presupposition that an event or state held before the moment of utterance.In positive declarative clauses, still tense asserts that the event or state holds at the moment of utterance.enabsolute-relative tenseabsreltenAbsolute-relative tense is a tense (1) that refers to a time in relation to a temporal reference point that, in turn, is referred to in relation to the moment of utterance, (2) in which the time and the reference point are not identical, and (3) the reference point and the moment of utterance are not identical.enfuture perfect tensefutprfFuture perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located before a contextually determined temporal reference point that must be located in the future relative to the moment of utterance.Comrie 1985b:69-71Mish et al. 1990:501enfuture-in-future tensefutinfutFuture-in-future tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located in the future, relative to a temporal reference point that itself is located in the future relative to the moment of utterance.enfuture-in-past tensefutinpstFuture-in-past tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time located in the future, relative to a contextually determined temporal reference point that itself must be located in the past relative to the moment of utterance.enfuture-perfect-in-past tensefutprfinpstFuture-perfect-in-past tense is an absolute-relative tense that involves three points in time in the past. The tense refers to a time that is in the future, relative to another point in the past, but is in the past relative to a point in its future. All these points in time are in the past relative to the moment of utterance.enpast perfect tensepstprfPast perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time in the past relative to a reference point, which itself is in the past relative to the moment of utterance.Pei and Gaynor 1954:162,170Mish et al. 1990:861Comrie 1985b:65-66enrelative tensereltenRelative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's temporal relation to the moment of utterance.enrelative future tenserelfutRelative future tense is a relative tense that refers to a time located after a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance.enrelative nonfuture tenserelnfutRelative nonfuture tense is a relative tense that refers to a time simultaneous to, or before, a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance.enrelative nonpast tenserelnpstRelative nonpast tense is a relative tense that refers to a time simultaneous to, or after, a contextually determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the moment of utterance.enrelative past tenserelpstRelative past tense is a relative tense that refers to a time located before that of a contextually determined temporal reference point.enrelative present tenserelprsRelative present tense is a relative tense that refers to a time that is simultaneous with some contextually determined temporal reference point.entransitivitytransitivityTransitivity is the number of objects a verb requires or takes in a given instance.enditransitivityditrDitransitivity is a term which describes a verb or clause which takes two objects.enintransitivityintrIntransitivity is a term that describes a verb or clause that is unable to take a direct object.entransitive verbtrA transitive verb is a verb that takes a direct object.envoicevoiceVoice is a grammatical category that expresses the semantic functions attributed to the referents of a clause. It indicates whether the subject is an (1) actor, (2) patient, or (3) recipient.Pei and Gaynor 1954:228-229Hartmann and Stork 1972:251-252Nida 1949:168Elson and Pickett 1988:31Bybee 1985:20-21Quirk, et al. 1985:159Crystal 1985:329Mish et al. 1990:1320enactive voiceactActive voice is a voice that indicates a subject has the semantic function of actor.Crystal 1980:12Hartmann and Stork 1972:251-252Nida 1949:168Mish et al. 1990:54enantipassive voiceantipAntipassive voice is a voice in an ergative-absolutive language in which (1) a noun phrase that normally has ergative case instead has absolutive case, (2) a noun phrase that normally has absolutive case is marked as an oblique or an indirect object, and (3) the salience of the normally absolutive noun phrase is, according to some analysts, decreased.enimpersonal passiveimperspassenmediopassive voicemedpassMediopassive voice is a passive voice in which (1) the verb has stative meaning, and (2) the actor is not expressed.enmiddle voicemidMiddle voice is a voice that indicates that the subject is the actor and acts (1) upon himself or herself reflexively, or (2) for his or her own benefit. In the case of plural subjects, the actors may, perhaps, act upon each other.Elson and Pickett 1988:31Bybee 1985:20-21Pei and Gaynor 1954:137Hartmann and Stork 1972:252Nida 1949:168Mish et al. 1990:752enpassive voicepassPassive voice is a voice that indicates that the subject is the patient or recipient of the action denoted by the verb.Crystal 1980:259Pei and Gaynor 1954:161Hartmann and Stork 1972:252Nida 1949:1689Mish et al. 1990:860Crystal 1985:222enpersonal passiveperspassensynthetic passive voicesynthpassenvoice/focus in Philippine-type languagesfocPhilippine-type languages (e.g. Tagalog and Cebuano as well as some in Malaysia) have a voice or focus system in which the verb selects the semantic role of the grammatical subject. The verb has an affix which says what the semantic role of the subject is.Brown and Miller 1999:408enactor voice/focusafThe subject has the semantic role of actor.engoal voice/focusgfThe subject has the semantic role of goal or recipient. It is sometimes also referred to as dative voice.eninstrumental voice/focusifThe subject has the semantic role of instrument.enpatient voice/focuspfThe subject has the semantic role of patient. It is sometimes also referred to as object voice.encase agreementcaseagrencasecaseCase is a grammatical category determined by the syntactic or semantic function of a noun or pronoun.Pei and Gaynor 1954:35Crystal 1980:53-54Anderson, Stephen 1985:179-180Andrews, Avery 1985:71-72Mish et al. 1990:211Kuno 1973:4-5enablative caseablAblative case is a case that expresses a variety of meanings including instrument, cause, location, source, and time.Crystal 1980:7Hartmann and Stork 1972:1Pei and Gaynor 1954:3Lyons 1968:299Mish et al.enabsolutive caseabsAbsolutive case is the case of nouns in ergative-absolutive languages that would generally be the subjects of intransitive verbs or the objects of transitive verbs in the translational equivalents of nominative-accusative languages such as English.Anderson, Stephen 1985:181Crystal 1985:1Andrews, Avery 1985:138enaccusative caseaccAccusative case is the case in nominative-accusative languages that marks certain syntactic functions, usually direct objects.Hartmann and Stork 1972:3,156Crystal 1980:11,246Andrews, Avery 1985:75Anderson, Stephen 1985:181Mish et al. 1990:50enallative caseallAllative case is a case that expresses motion to or toward the referent of the noun it marks.Pei and Gaynor 1954:6,9,216Lyons 1968:299Crystal 1985:12-13Gove, et al. 1966:55,2359enbenefactive casebenBenefactive case is a case that expresses that the referent of the noun it marks receives the benefit of the situation expressed by the clause.Crystal 1980:43Gove, et al. 1966:203endative casedatDative case is a case that marks any of the following: (1) Indirect objects (for languages in which they are held to exist); (2) Nouns having the role of (a) recipient (as of things given), (b) beneficiary of an action, or (c) possessor of an item.Crystal 1980:102Gove, et al. 1966:577energative caseergErgative case is the case of nouns in ergative-absolutive languages that would generally be the subjects of transitive verbs in the translation equivalents of nominative-accusative languages such as English.Crystal 1980:134Hartmann and Stork 1972:78Pei and Gaynor 1954:67Andrews, Avery 1985:138engenitive casegenGenitive case is a case in which the referent of the marked noun is the possessor of the referent of another noun.Crystal 1980:161Hartmann and Stork 1972:94-95,180Pei and Gaynor 1954:82,172Anderson, Stephen 1985:185Mish et al. 1990:511Fleming 1988:10enillative caseillIllative case is a case that expresses motion into or direction toward the referent of the noun it marks.Lyons 1968:299Gove, et al. 1966:1126Crystal 1985:152eninstrumental caseinsInstrumental case is a case indicating that the referent of the noun it marks is the means of the accomplishment of the action expressed by the clause.Crystal 1980:187Hartmann and Stork 1972:114Mish et al. 1990:627enlocative caselocLocative case is a case that expresses location at the referent of the noun it marks.Crystal 1980:214-215Mish et al. 1990:701Lyons 1968:299Crystal 1985:7Gove, et al. 1966:25ennominative casenomNominative case is the case that identifies clause subjects in nominative-accusative languages. Nouns used in isolation have this case.Crystal 1980:242Pei and Gaynor 1954:147Mish et al. 1990:801Hartmann and Stork 1972:224enoblique caseoblOblique case is the case that refers collectively to all the case forms of a word except the unmarked case (usually nominative).Crystal 1997:267envocative casevocVocative case is a case that marks a noun whose referent is being addressed.Crystal 1980:377Hartmann and Stork 1972:251Pei and Gaynor 1954:228enless common caseslesscommoncasesgroupenabessive caseabessAbessive case is a case that expresses the lack or absence of the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning of the English preposition without.Pei and Gaynor 1954:3,35Gove, et al. 1966:3encausative casecausCausative case is a case which expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the cause of the situation expressed by the clause.Pei and Gaynor 1954:36Andrews, Avery 1985:95Gove, et al. 1966:356encomitative casecomComitative case is a case expressing accompaniment. It carries the meaning "with" or "accompanied by."Anderson, Stephen 1985:186Pei and Gaynor 1954:42Dixon, R. 1972:12Gove, et al. 1966:455endelative casedelDelative case is a case which expresses motion downward from the referent of the noun it marks.Pei and Gaynor 1954:53Gove, et al. 1966:595enelative caseelatElative case is a case expressing motion out of or away from the referent of the noun it marks.Lyons 1968:299Pei and Gaynor 1954:64Crystal 1985:106Gove, et al. 1966:730enequative caseequaEquative case is a case that expresses likeness or identity to the referent of the noun it marks. It can have meaning, such as English "as," "like," and "in the capacity of."enessive caseessEssive case is a case that expresses the temporary state of the referent specified by a noun. The case has the meaning of (1) while, and (2) in the capacity of.Lyons 1968:299,301Gove, et al. 1966:778Crystal 1985:112eninessive caseinessInessive case is a case that expresses a location within the referent of the noun it marks.Lyons 1968:299Gove, et al. 1966:1156Crystal 1985:156enlative caselatLative case is a case that expresses motion (1) up to the location of, or (2) as far as the referent of the noun it marks.Pei and Gaynor 1954:121, Gove, et al. 1966:1277enpartitive casepartiPartitive case is a case that expresses the partial nature of the referent of the noun it marks, as opposed to expressing the whole unit or class of which the referent is a part. This case may be found in items such as the following: (1) Existential clauses, (2) Nouns that are accompanied by numerals or units of measure, or (3) Predications of material from which something is made. It often has a meaning similar to the English word "some."Pei and Gaynor 1954:161Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985:208Quirk, et al. 1985:249Gove, et al. 1966:1648Sebeok 1946:12-14enprolative caseprolatProlative case is a case that expresses motion along or by the referent of the noun it marks.Pei and Gaynor 1954:176-177Sebeok 1946:7,14Merlan 1982:57-59,79Andrews, Avery 1985:92-93Gove, et al. 1966:1683ensuperessive casesuperessSuperessive case is a case that expresses location on the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning of "on" or "upon."Pei and Gaynor 1954:207Gove, et al. 1966:2293entranslative casetranslatTranslative case is a case indicating that the referent of the noun, or the quality of the adjective, that it marks is the result of a process of change.Lyons 1968:299-301Gove, et al. 1966:813,2429Sebeok 1946:17Hakulinen 1961:70enperson agreementagrenpersonpersPerson deixis is deictic reference to the participant role of a referent, such as the speaker, the addressee, and referents which are neither speaker nor addressee.Levinson 1983:62Crystal 1980:263Hartmann and Stork 1972:168Mish et al. 1990:877enfirst person1First person deixis is deictic reference that refers to the speaker, or both the speaker and referents grouped with the speaker.Crystal 1980:263Hartmann and Stork 1972:168Mish et al. 1990:466Levinson 1983:62Fleming 1988:322enfirst person exclusive1exclExclusive first person deixis is deixis that refers to a group not including the addressee(s).Crystal 1980:182Pei and Gaynor 1954:69enfirst person inclusive1inclInclusive first person deixis is deixis that refers to a group including the addressee(s).Crystal 1980:182Pei and Gaynor 1954:98ensecond person2Second person deixis is deictic reference to a person or persons identified as addressee.Crystal 1980:263Hartmann and Stork 1972:168Mish et al. 1990:1060Levinson 1983:62Fleming 1988:322enthird person3Third person deixis is deictic reference to a referent(s) not identified as the speaker or addressee.Crystal 1980:263Hartmann and Stork 1972:168Mish et al. 1990:1227Levinson 1983:62Anderson and Keenan 1985:261-262Fleming 1988:322enobviative person3obvObviative person deixis is third person deixis that distinguishes a less important referent in the present stage of the discourse from a referent that is more important.enproximate person3proxProximate person deixis is a third person deixis that distinguishes a referent that is more important at the present stage of the discourse from a referent that is less important.encommon agreementagrengendergenGrammatical gender is a noun class system, composed of two or three classes, whose nouns that have human male and female referents tend to be in separate classes. Other nouns that are classified in the same way in the language may not be classed by any correlation with natural sex distinctions.Hartmann and Stork 1972:93Foley and Van Valin 1984:325Mish et al. 1990:510Crystal 1985:133Dixon, R. 1968:105Quirk, et al. 1985:314enmasculine gendermMasculine gender is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns having human or animal male referents, and (2) often marks nouns having referents that do not have distinctions of sex.Hartmann and Stork 1972:93Mish et al. 1990:730enfeminine genderfFeminine gender is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that have human or animal female referents, and (2) often marks nouns that have referents that do not carry distinctions of sex.Hartmann and Stork 1972:93Mish et al. 1990:456enneuter gendernNeuter gender is a grammatical gender that (1) includes those nouns having referents which do not have distinctions of sex, and (2) often includes some which do have a natural sex distinction.Hartmann and Stork 1972:93Mish et al. 1990:795ennumbernumNumber is a grammatical category of nouns, pronouns, and verb agreement that expresses count distinctions (such as "one" or "more than one"). The count distinctions typically, but not always, correspond to the actual count of the referents of the marked noun or pronoun.Crystal 1980:245Hartmann and Stork 1972:155Mish et al. 1990:811ensingular numbersgSingular number is number that refers to one member of a designated class.Crystal 1980:245Hartmann and Stork 1972:210enplural numberplPlural number is number that expresses reference to a quantity greater than that expressed by the largest specific number category in a language, such as "more than one" in English, and "more than two" in some other languages.Crystal 1980:245Hartmann and Stork 1972:178Crystal 1987:428Mish et al. 1990:906endual numberduDual number is number which refers to two members of the class identified by the noun.entrial numbertrialA trial number is a number that refers to three members of the designated class.Pei and Gaynor 1954:220Gove, et al. 1966:2439enpaucal numberpaucalfewCrystal 1997:265ennoun classclassA noun class system is a grammatical system that some languages use to overtly categorize nouns. Noun classes (1) are often based, at least in part, on characteristics (such as gender, animacy, shape) of the referents of some of the nouns in each class, and (2) are distinguished (a) by an affix on the noun or by a clitic or word in the noun phrase, and (b) by agreement affixes on noun phrase constituents and on the verb.Dixon, R. 1968:105Dixon, R. 1986:105-111enanimate classanimAn animate class is a category of nouns having human or animal referents.enhuman classhumA human class is a noun class that has human referents.Lyons 1968:286-288Andrews, Avery 1985:77Bolinger 1968:114-115eninanimate classinanAn inanimate class is a category of nouns that do not have human or animal referents.enBantu noun classgenderGrammatical gender is a noun class system composed of several classes. All Bantu noun genders are primarily a matter of form. Nouns in a given gender may share some semantic notions, but this is not always the case.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-7;Murphy 1997:221-237;Contini-Morava 1997:599-628.enGender 1/21/2Gender 1/2 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that refer to human beings, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not human beings. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1a1aGender 1a is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or personifications and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not proper names.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enGender 3/43/4Gender 3/4 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc., and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not non-human living things. It also may mark body parts.. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 5/65/6Gender 5/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 6a6aGender 6a is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 6a do not have a singular/plural distinction.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enGender 7/87/8Gender 7/8 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 9/109/10Gender 9/10 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 11/1011/10Gender 11/10 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 12/1312/13Gender 12/13 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are none of these. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 14/614/6Gender 14/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are abstract or collectives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are neither abstract nor collective. Nouns marked for gender 14/6 can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1414Gender 14 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are abstract or collectives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are neither abstract nor collective. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 15/615/6Gender 15/6 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are paired body parts, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not paired body parts. Nouns marked for gender 15/6 can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1515Gender 15 is a grammatical gender that marks infinitives. Nouns marked for gender 15 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 19/1319/13Gender 19/13 is a grammatical gender that (1) marks nouns that are diminutives, and (2) may mark nouns having referents that are not diminutives. Nouns marked for gender 19/13 can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1616Gender 16 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1717Gender 17 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enGender 1818Gender 18 is a grammatical gender that has a locative sense. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enBantu SingularBantuSGThe BantuSg features are used to mark agreement with nouns that are typically semantically singular, although the concept "singular" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for singular semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-7;Murphy 1997:221-237;Contini-Morava 1997:599-628.Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240enNC 11Noun class 1 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 2. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1a1aNoun class 1a typically marks nouns that refer to humans, but may also mark nouns that are proper names, kinship terms, or animals personified in stories. Noun class 1a typically agrees with noun class 1 prefixes on other words, but uses a different prefix on the noun itself. However, behavior may be language-specific.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enNC 33Noun class 3 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 4. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 55Noun class 5 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 6. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 6a6aNoun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction. In some cases, the prefix for 6a is the same as for 6 and the noun simply doesn't have a corresponding singular prefix. In other cases, the prefix is different, but agrees with class 6 prefixes on other word classes.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enNC 77Noun class 7 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 8. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 99Noun class 9 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1111Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1212Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1313Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1414Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1515Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1616Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1717Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1818Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1919Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC NAsgNAsgThe class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.)Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enBantu PluralBantuPlThe BantuPl features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically plural, although the concept "plural" doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for plural semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-7;Murphy 1997:221-237;Contini-Morava 1997:599-628.Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240enNC 22Noun class 2 typically marks nouns that refer to human beings. In some languages it may be used for words borrowed from English or other languages. It typically pairs with noun class 1. Nouns marked for gender 1/2 can be singular (class 1) or plural (class 2). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 1 are mʊ- / jʊ- / ʊ-; for class 2 they are ba- / bá- / bá-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 44Noun class 4 typically marks nouns that are non-human living things ('semi-animates'): trees, plants, spirits, natural phenomena, e.g., fire, smoke, river, objects associated with these things; things made of wood, etc.. It also may mark body parts. It typically pairs with noun class 3. Nouns marked for gender 3/4 can be singular (class 3) or plural (class 4). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 3 are mʊ- / gʊ- / ʊ-; for class 4 they are mɪ- / gɪ- / ɪ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 66Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 6a6aNoun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enNC 88Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1010Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1111Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1212Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1313Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1414Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1515Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1616Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1717Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1818Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1919Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC NAplNAplThe class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.)Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enBantu ManyBantuManyThe BantuMany features are used to mark agreement for nouns that are typically semantically "a large number" or "too many to count", although the concept of number doesn't matter for morphological or syntactic agreement. The features presented here include both those commonly used for "too many to count" semantics, as well as those that might be. The exact set used is highly language-specific. Users may add custom features.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-7;Murphy 1997:221-237;Contini-Morava 1997:599-628.Watters, John R. 2003. "Grassfields Bantu". In Derek Nurse and Gérard Philippson, The Bantu Languages. London, Routledge. pg. 240enNC 66Noun class 6 typically marks nouns that are paired objects, animals, body parts, collective nouns, undesirable people, augmentatives, derogatives, or fruits. It typically pairs with noun class 5. Nouns marked for gender 5/6 can be singular (class 5) or plural (class 6). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 5 are i- / lɪ- / lɪ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 6a6aNoun class 6a typically marks nouns that are mass nouns, liquids, time references, mannerisms, or modes of action. Nouns marked for class 6a do not typically have a singular/plural distinction.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467.enNC 88Noun class 8 typically marks nouns that are artifacts, defective human beings, body parts, tools, instruments, utensils, animals, insects, languages, diseases, outstanding people, amelioratives, derogatives, augmentatives, curatives (shortness and stoutness), or mannerisms. It typically pairs with noun class 7, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 7/8 can be singular (class 7) or plural (class 8). For nouns that don't make a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 8. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 7 are kɪ- / kɪ- / kɪ-; for class 8 they are bi- / bi- / bi-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1010Noun class 10 typically marks nouns that are animals, special kinds of people, body parts, tools, instruments, or household effects. It typically pairs with noun class 9 or noun class 11, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 9/10 can be singular (class 9) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 9 are N- / jɪ- / ɪ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1111Noun class 11 typically marks nouns that are long, thin objects, languages, body parts, natural phenomena, implements, utensils or other artifacts. It sometimes pairs with noun class 10 to produce gender 11/10, but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 11/10 can be singular (class 11) or plural (class 10). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 11 are lʊ- / lʊ- / lʊ-; for class 10 they are N- / jɪ- / í-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1212Noun class 12 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. It typically pairs with noun class 13 but the behavior can be highly language specific. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1313Noun class 13 typically marks nouns that are diminutives, augmentatives, derogatives, or amelioratives. Noun class 13 may pair with a variety of other classes, depending on the language. One common pairing is with noun class 12. Nouns marked for gender 12/13 can be singular (class 12) or plural (class 13). The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 12 are ka- / ká- / ká-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-. It is often best treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1414Noun class 14 typically marks nouns that are abstract or collectives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 14/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 14) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing and the gender is simply 14. Nouns marked for gender 14 do not have a singular/plural distinction. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 14 are bʊ- / bʊ- / bʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1515Noun class 15 typically marks nouns that are paired body parts. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 6 to produce gender 15/6, for nouns that can be singular (class 15) or plural (class 6). On other nouns there is no pairing (and no distinction for singular/plural), and the gender is simply 15. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 15 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-; for class 6 they are ma- / gá- / á-. Verbal infinitives are usually class 15. Such infinitives may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1616Noun class 16 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 16 are pa- / pá- / pá-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1717Noun class 17 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 17 are kʊ- / kʊ- / kʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1818Noun class 18 typically has a locative sense. Its behavior is highly language-specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 18 are mʊ- / mʊ- / mʊ-. It may best be treated as derivational rather than inflectional.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC 1919Noun class 19 often marks nouns that are diminutives. On some nouns, it pairs with noun class 13 to produce gender 19/13, for nouns that can be singular (class 19) or plural (class 13). For nouns that don't have a singular/plural distinction, the gender is simply 19 and there is no pairing. The distribution of noun class 19 is highly lanuguage specific. The Proto-Bantu nominal, pronominal, and enumerative prefixes for class 19 are pi- / pí- / pí-; for class 13 they are tʊ- / tʊ- / tʊ-.Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54.enNC NAmanyNAmanyThe class labeled NA is for situations where one of the sets has no value ("not applicable"). For instance, if a noun only has a singular class but no plural class, then for parsing to work correctly, it needs to have BantuPl set to NA so that it will not agree with forms that have a value for BantuPl. (If there is no value set for BantuPl, then it will be allowed to take any BantuPl prefix, whereas none should be allowed.)Katamba 2003:114ff;Hinnebusch 1989:466-467,Gardner 2005:54. - - - en - unknown - - - - +If this word should come after the feature_name, set the 'appearance' attribute to 'after'.-->enunknown From 681d5f1277f872250af9b48008e39743b6502908 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Andy Black Date: Mon, 13 Apr 2026 10:16:13 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 4/4] LT-22413: update MGA test Change-Id: I76935cc7c792defb96efcf3268e6416a5736518d --- Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/MGATests/MGATests.cs | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/MGATests/MGATests.cs b/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/MGATests/MGATests.cs index 9d70739b2b..d91876f281 100644 --- a/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/MGATests/MGATests.cs +++ b/Src/LexText/Morphology/MGA/MGATests/MGATests.cs @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public void SomeNodeCountsTest() Assert.That(treeViewGlossList.Nodes[0].Nodes.Count, Is.EqualTo(2)); Assert.That(treeViewGlossList.Nodes[1].Nodes.Count, Is.EqualTo(2)); Assert.That(treeViewGlossList.Nodes[2].Nodes.Count, Is.EqualTo(2)); - Assert.That(treeViewGlossList.GetNodeCount(true), Is.EqualTo(682)); + Assert.That(treeViewGlossList.GetNodeCount(true), Is.EqualTo(1159)); } [Test] public void SomeNodeContentsTest()